‫‪@ @óöb–y⁄a@ÝîÜznÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪SPSS‬‬

‫‪…a†Çg‬‬

‫†‪@ @æbàîÜ@µßc@ÉîiŠ@òßbc@O‬‬

‫س
א وא وא ‬

‫א 
 دא–‪$ %‬א‪  !"#‬‬

‫‪@ @òîãbrÛa@òÈjĐÛa‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﳏﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﺪﺍﻉ ‪2007/3142‬‬

‫ـــــــــــــ‬
‫‪:Éí‹ìm‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﺔ‪ 121 :‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻰ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﺕ‪(00202) 37485282 /‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﳒﻠﻮ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ 165 :‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺕ‪(00202) 23914337 /‬‬

‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫د‪
2

*
3$
#
&4‬א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
 ‫المقدمة‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﰱ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﻴﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻫــﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳــﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳛﺪﻭ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﲑ ﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﰱ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻨـﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﲎ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ – ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻫﻢ – ﻭﻟﻮ ﲜﺰﺀ ﺿـﺌﻴﻞ – ﰱ ﺳـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﰱ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱴ ﻣﺎﺯﻟﺖ ﰱ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺰﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰱ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ..SPSS‬ﻭﰱ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫‪Version 15‬‬ ‫‪ SPSS‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪Version 9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺎﹰ ‪) :‬ﺕ( ‪ ،(002) 0109787442‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱏ‪. oras1992@yahoo.com :‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪،.‬‬

‫@‪@ @@ÑÛû½a‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺃﻣﲔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫د‪
2

*
3$
#
&4‬א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
 ‫‪@@lbnØÛa@pbíìnª‬‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫@@‬
‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫
א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
‫‪201‬‬
‫د‪2

*
3$
#
&4‬‬
 ‫‪@òîbc@pa‰bèß@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@Þëþa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(1‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪...................................................‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(2‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪...................................................‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(3‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪.......................................................‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(4‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪...............................................‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(5‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ‪.....................................................‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(6‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻒ ‪......................................................‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(7‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪................................................‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(8‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ ، Size‬ﻭﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ Font‬ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪......‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(9‬ﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪..............‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(10‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ‪..................‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(11‬ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪............ Standard Toolbar‬‬
‫‪28‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(12‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪...................‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (13‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪........................‬‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (14‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ‪.............................................‬‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(15‬ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ‪..........................‬‬
‫‪38‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (16‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﰎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ……‪...‬‬

‫‪@@ò߆Ônß@pa‰bèß@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@óãbrÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪42‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(17‬ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.................................‬‬

‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(18‬ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪...............................‬‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(19‬ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪................................................‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(20‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﲔ ‪.................................‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(21‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪......................................‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (22‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪..........................‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(23‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ‪...................‬‬
‫‪62‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(24‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪..........................................‬‬

‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫
א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
‫‪202‬‬
‫د‪2

*
3$
#
&4‬‬
 ‫‪66‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (25‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ‪........................................................‬‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (26‬ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.............................. Excel‬‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (27‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ‪..................................‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (28‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ )‪ (K‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪...........................‬‬

‫‪@@óãbîjÛa@ÝîrànÛaë@òîЕìÛa@paõb–y⁄a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@sÛbrÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (29‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻰ ‪.................‬‬

‫‪88‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (30‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪........................... Output‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (31‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪Output‬‬
‫ﺍﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.............................. Data View‬‬
‫‪92‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (32‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ ‪......................... Histogram‬‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (33‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ ‪....................................... Line‬‬
‫‪96‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(34‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪............................................... Pie‬‬
‫‪98‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (35‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪............................ .Stem & Leaf‬‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (36‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪......................................... Bars‬‬
‫‪106‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (37‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪.................................... Scatter‬‬

‫‪@óàÜȽa@‰bjn⁄a@Â늑@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ÉiaŠÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(38‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﱃ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.......................‬‬

‫‪122‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (39‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪................ Levene's Test‬‬

‫‪@òîàÜȽa@pa‰bjn⁄a@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ßb¨a@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪129‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(40‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪................................‬‬

‫‪135‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(41‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ ‪.............................‬‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(42‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ ‪........................‬‬
‫‪148‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (43‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪....................... ANOVA‬‬
‫‪154‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (44‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ – ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ‪..............‬‬

‫‪@òîàÜÈßýÛa@pa‰bjnüa@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@…bÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫
א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
‫‪203‬‬
‫د‪2

*
3$
#
&4‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(45‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺘﲎ ‪159 ..................... Mann – Whitney‬‬
‫‪167‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(46‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ ‪....................... Wilcoxon Test‬‬
‫‪172‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(47‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ ‪............... Kruskal-Wallis‬‬
‫‪178‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ :(48‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ، Friedman‬ﻟـ )‪ (k‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬

‫‪@@ôŠc@òîàÜÈßü@pa‰bjng@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ÉibÛa@Ý–ÐÛa‬‬

‫‪184‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (49‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎ‪ 2‬ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺗﲔ ‪......................‬‬

‫‪193‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (50‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ ﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪...............‬‬
‫‪197‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ : (51‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪................................ Runs Test‬‬

‫א
א



و

و
و
‪
#
....‬א"
!

وא


‬
‫
א‪
"/01‬وא‪
,$-.‬وא‪
()

*+‬א'&‪0020109787442
$%‬‬
‫‪204‬‬
‫د‪2

*
3$
#
&4‬‬
 @ @Þëþa@Ý—ÐÛa
@ @òîbc@paŠbèß

@wßbãÛa@ÝîÌ“m@ZH1I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa
:paì©a
. Start ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ (1
، SPSS For Windows ‫ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬،All Programs ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ (2
.SPSS 11.0 For Windows ‫ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬

:‫ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ (3

3
 pbãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g@ZH2I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa
4
 ‫‪ : Þbrß‬ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Total Income‬‬ ‫‪Total Consumption‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻰ‬

‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬

‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪96‬‬

‫‪135‬‬ ‫‪104‬‬

‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬

‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬

‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬

‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪210‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﳌــﺎﻭﺱ ﻣـﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، Variable View‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
 ‫إﺿﻐﻂ هﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻷول ‪: Total Income‬‬

‫ﻓ ﻰ‪‬ﺧﺎﻧ ﺔ‪ :Name‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﻻﻳﺘﻌـﺪﻯ ﻋـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ )‪ (8‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣـﻮﺯ‪ .‬ﻟـﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﺘـﺮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺇﺳـﻢ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪.totincom‬‬

‫أﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻰ‪‬ﺧﺎﻧ ﺔ‪ :Label‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ )ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﺜـﻞ *‪ ..... ،+ ،( ) ، / ،‬ﺍﱁ( ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰱ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪.total income (Egypt)‬‬

‫و ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﻴ ﺮ اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ‪ : Total Consumption‬ﻧﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱏ ﰱ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ‪‬ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‪ : Name‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ‪.totconsp‬‬

‫اﻣﺎ‪‬ﻓﻰ‪‬ﺧﺎﻧ ﺔ‪ : Label‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﻜﺘﺐ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﻧـﺔ ‪Total‬‬
‫)‪.consumption (Egypt‬‬

‫ﻣﺜ ﻞ ‪ Type :‬و ‪ Width‬و ‪Decimals‬‬ ‫أﻣ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ ﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒ ﺎﻗﻰ اﻻﻋــــ ـﺪادات ]‬
‫‪ ...........‬ﺍﱁ[‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Data View‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪: Åyü‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻛﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﳝﺜـﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳓﺮﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ‬
‫)ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫ﰒ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﰱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﳒـﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪@ @Ñܾa@ÅÐy@ZH3I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، File‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Save As‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫هﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺬى ﺳﻨﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

‫هﻨﺎ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ إﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ وﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬

‫‪osama‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪. Save‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﰎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﰱ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪@‡í‡u@†ìàÇ@òÏbšg@ZH4I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﻋﻤـﻮﺩ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ( ‪ -‬ﻭﻟـﻴﻜﻦ ﺇﲰـﻪ‬
‫‪ - Savings‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪.totconsp‬‬

‫‪: paì©a‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪.totconsp‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪. Insert Variable‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﰱ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺈﺳـﻢ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻰ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪) var00001‬ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ ، savings‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ، Variable View‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Name‬ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌـﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ var00001‬ﺍﱃ ‪. savings‬‬

‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Data View‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@†ìàÇ@Ò‰y@ZH5I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﰎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘـﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺑﻖ )ﺍﻯ ﺣـﺬﻑ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪.(Savings‬‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫‪ Click‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪) savings‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪ (2‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ ،Key Board‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Delete‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﻗـﺪ‬

‫ﰎ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪:òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳊﺬﻑ ﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ click‬ﳝﲔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Clear‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪@ @Ñ–@Ò‰y@ZH6I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪: paì©a‬‬
‫‪ Click‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪) (3‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ Key Board‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Delete‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪: òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳊﺬﻑ ﺃﻯ ﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ click :‬ﳝﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،clear‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @‡í‡u@Ñ–@òÏbšg@ZH7I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻼ ‪ -‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻰ – ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪: paì©a‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻯ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪.Insert Cases‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫@‪@óÏ@@Font@òibnØÛa@Á¹@ë@L@Size@ávy@îÌm@ZH8I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫–‪@ @pbãbîjÛa@@@òzÐ‬‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، View‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Fonts‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫‪Font: Arial‬‬
‫‪Font style: Regular‬‬
‫‪Size: 10‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،Font‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪.Comic Sans MS‬‬ ‫ﺃ(‬
‫ﻼ – ‪.Bold Italic‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Font Style‬ﺳﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ – ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺝ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Size‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ‪.16‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ .Ok‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪20‬‬


@òzÐ–@óÏ@âbÓŠüa@µi@òÜ–bÐÛa@Âì©a@õbЂa @ZH9I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa
@ @pbãbîjÛa
:paì©a
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‬، Grid Lines ‫ ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬، View ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ (1

:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬،‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬ (2

21
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔــﺲ ﺍﳋـﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫]ﲟﻌﲎ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Grid Lines‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﻗﺪ ﻋـﺎﺩﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ[‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @bîÛby@ìnÐß@‹‚c@ÑÜß@‡uìí@ë@L‡í‡u@ÑÜß@|nÏ@ZH10I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻫﻞ ﳓﻦ ﰱ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ Z@¶ëþa@òÛb¨a‬ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، File‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ ، New‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ]. Data‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺃﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﰎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊـﺎﱃ[‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺄﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻏﻼﻗﻪ؟‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Yes‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠـﻒ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪ :@òîãbrÛa@òÛb¨a‬ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺮﻏﺒ ﺔ ﻓ ﻰ اﻹﺑﻘ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﻠ ﻒ اﻟﻤﻔﺘ ﻮح ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﺎ‬

‫آﻤﺎ هﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻔـﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪.‬‬

‫‪Zòßbç@òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺪﱘ ) ﺳﺒﻖ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ( ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ -‬ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫@@‬
‫@@‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪óbîÔÛa@âbè¾a@Áí‹’@pbãìØß@óÏ@áØznÛa‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﻔﻆ‬
‫‪ save‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪......... print‬ﺍﱁ ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ ﺍﱃ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ........ Edit‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬
‫’‪ZóbîÔÛa@âbè¾a@Áí‹’@ÝØ‬‬

‫‪@Standard Toolbar@óbîÔÛa@âbè¾a@Áí‹’@õbЂg@ZH11I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ … ‪ ،Toolbars‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ) ‪(9‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺳـﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪@óbîÔÛa@âbè¾a@Áí‹’@óÏ@pbãìØía@ávy@îÌm@ZH12I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، View‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ …‪. Toolbars‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ، Large Buttons‬ﻣﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ‪ Click‬ﻣـﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻇـﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬـﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻭﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﱃ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪@ @óbîÔÛa@âbè¾a@Áí‹“Û@ñ‡í‡u@âbèß@òÏbšg@Z@H13I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﱃ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Page‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ، Print Preview‬ﻭﺿـﺒﻂ ﺧـﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟـﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃ(‬
‫‪) Setup‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪.( File‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪ ، Copy‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺺ ‪ ، Cut‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺼﻖ ‪) Paste‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺏ(‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪.(Edit‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، View‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Toolbars‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Customize‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : pbÄyýß‬ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ‪-:‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Categories‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻨـﺴﺪﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Items‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻣﻬﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻨـﺴﺦ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪ ، Copy‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ . Edit‬ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ‪ Edit‬ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ، Categories‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Items‬ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟـﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـ‬
‫ـﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﺴﺦ ‪ Copy‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﻪ ﺍﻟﻨـ‬
‫ـﺴﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧـ‬
‫ـﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌـ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟـ‬
‫‪. Customizing Toolbar: Data Editor‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬـﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Ok‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻧـﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪.Ok‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱴ ﰎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@ @Zòßbç@òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺟـﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@ @âbè¾a@Èi@Ò‰y@ZH14I@áÓŠ@@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ‪ ، Cut‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪،(Copy‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Toolbars‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨـﻪ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، Customize‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Customizing Toolbar: Data Editor‬ﻧﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟـﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻼﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻯ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Ok‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﰎ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﺘﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪@ @âbè¾a@Áí‹’@óÏ@pbãìØíüa@kîm‹m@ñ†bÇg@ZH15I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺗﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻔﻆ‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Toolbars‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺇﺧﺘـﺎﺭ ﻣﻨـﻪ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، Customize‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ـﺐ‬
‫ـﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴـ‬
‫ـﺸﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Customizing Toolbar: Data Editor‬ﻧﻘـ‬
‫ﻭﰱ ﺍﻟـ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﻼﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ Ok‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻧـﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪.Ok‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@âbè¾a@Áí‹’@óÜÇ@bç‰îÐäm@@pýí‡Èm@ôa@õbÌÛa@Z@H16I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫‪@ @óbîÔÛa‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Toolbars‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪. Reset‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪37‬‬


38
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @óãbrÛa@Ý—ÐÛa‬‬
‫‪@ @ò߇Ônß@paŠbèß‬‬
‫‪Recoding‬‬ ‫‪îßÛa@ñ†bÇg@Z@¶ëþa@ñŠbè¾a‬‬
‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗـﺪ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ] .‬ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻢ ﺑ ﺄن‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ[‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴـﺰ ﰱ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ٍﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻛـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ )‪، (12‬‬
‫ـﺔ‬
‫ـﺘﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـ‬
‫ـﺮﻯ ﻭﻟـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺃﺧـ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﻤـ‬
‫)‪.(7788‬‬

‫ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﺳـﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ) ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪. (550066‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ )‪ (12‬ﻭ )‪ (20‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(3000‬‬ ‫ﺃ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ (20‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(222222‬‬ ‫ﺏ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ (18‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪.(888888‬‬ ‫ﺝ(‬

‫‪@ @ô‹‚c@òàîÔi@òäîÈß@òàîÓ@Þa‡jng@ZH17I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ ،(12‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧـﺮﻯ ﻭﻫـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫)‪.(7788‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Transform‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ Recode‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪into the‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪ ،same variables‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪ Click‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ ، var00001‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫‪.Variables‬‬

‫ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ ‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪7788‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ). Add‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪.(Old -‬‬ ‫‪- > New‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳍـﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ )‪(12‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ )‪ ،(7788‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@òäîÈß@òàîÔi@ñ†ìÔоa@áîÔÛa@Þa‡jng@ZH18I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ]ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ،(6‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ [(7‬ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻼ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. 550066‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻦ – ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ ، (1‬ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ ،(2‬ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (3‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻭﰱ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ (4‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌـﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻣـﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪. System – or user - missing‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ‪550066‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Add‬ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌـﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ )ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﻗـﺪ ﰎ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ ،(550066‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪46‬‬


@òàîÔi@µÈß@Öbã@óÏ@ É@ Ôm@ónÛa@áîÔÛa@åß@òÇìàª@Þa‡jng@ZH19I@á@ ÓŠ@k튇nÛa@

@ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ÁÔÏ@ñ‡yaë

‫( ﻭ‬12) ‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺘﲔ‬
.(3000) ‫( ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬20)

:paì©a

47
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 1‬و‪ 2‬و‪ ، 3‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪.(17‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﰱ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ )‪ ، (4‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ‪. Range‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬

‫‪3000‬‬

‫ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Range‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، add‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌـﻮﺩﺓ ﻣـﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 12‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ ‪20‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، 3000‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻹﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪(20‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ )‪ ،(222222‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ (18‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ )‪.(888888‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺗﲔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪-: Select Cases‬‬ ‫‪pbãbîjÛa@åß@õu@Šbîn‚g@Z@òîãbrÛa@ñŠbè¾a‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﻟـﻴﺲ ﻛـﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﰱ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬

‫‪@µÈß@Öbã@óÏ@ÉÔm@pbãbîi@Šbîn‚g@ZH20I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌـﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪. Select Cases‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Based on time or case range‬ﰒ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Range‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ :‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﰱ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )‪ (4‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ )‪ ، (10‬ﰒ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﻭﺿﻊ )‪ ، (/‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@ @pbãbîjÛa@‡í‡¥@@òîÜàÇ@õbÌÛa@ZH21I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻯ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻷﻯ ﺟـﺰﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Select Cases‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺇﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪@òäîÈß@òî–b‚@bèîÏ@‹Ïaìní@pbãbîi@Šbîn‚g@ZH22I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ :‬ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ – ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.100‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Select Cases‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ ‪ ، If Condition is satisfied‬ﰒ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، if‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪. (var00001‬‬ ‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ) ‪< 100‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫@@‪@paÌn¾a@‡yc@pbãbîi@åß@òîöaì“Ç@òäîÇ@Šbîn‚g@ZH23I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤـﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﰱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ %30‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Data‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Select Cases‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ، 30‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﲤﺜﻞ ‪ %30‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪:òîàØÛa@Ë@pbãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g : òrÛbrÛa ñŠbè¾a‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ) ﺃﻋﺰﺏ – ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ – ﺃﺭﻣﻞ – ﻣﻄﻠﻖ (‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ) ﻣﺴﻠﻢ – ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻰ – ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻯ ‪ ..........‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ) ﺫﻛﺮ – ﺃﻧﺜﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻷﲪﺮ – ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ – ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ‪ ...........‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ) ﻣﺼﺮ – ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ – ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ – ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ‪ ....‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ) ﳏﻤﺪ – ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ .........‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ) ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ – ﺍﻷﺣﺪ – ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ‪ ............‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ) ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ – ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ – ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ..............‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ) ﳑﺘﺎﺯ – ﺟﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ‪ .................‬ﺍﱁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﲤﺈﻣﹰﺎ – ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ – ﳏﺎﻳﺪ – ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ –‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪:µnÔí‹i@bb‚†g@ání@paÌn¾a@ÙÜni@ò–b©a@pbãbîjÛa‬‬
‫‪:‹’bj¾a Þb‚†a (1‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺤـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬اﻟﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ )ﺫﻛﺮ – ﺍﻧﺜﻰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ(‬

‫‪ :òÃìzÜß‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ƒ‬

‫‪60‬‬






‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬ ƒ
.‫ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ‬

@‹’bj¾a@Þb‚†a@òÔí‹ @ZH24I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa

‫( ﻃـﻼﺏ ﻣـﻦ‬10) ‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺀ‬
:‫ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ‬،‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰱ ﲬﺲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﲔ‬

opinion ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻯ‬ Gender ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ Nationality ‫ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺔ‬

Agreed Male Egypt

Neutral Female Yemen

Disagreed Female Egypt

Disagreed Female Saudi Arabia

Completely Agreed Male Yemen

Completely disagreed Female Kuwait

Neutral Male Saudi Arabia

Neutral Male Saudi Arabia

Disagreed Female Jordan

Disagreed Female Kuwait

:paì©a

61
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Variable View‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Name‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪.opinion‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Type‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ ﺻـﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ – ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣـﻚ – ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧـﺔ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ )‪ ، (8‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗـﺼﻰ ﻟﻌـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﳓﻦ ﺑﺼﺪﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛـﱪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (Completely disagreed‬ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻬﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺣﺮﻑ )ﲟـﺎ ﰱ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ‪ Completely‬ﻋﻦ ‪ ،(disagreed‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪8‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪.20‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﰱ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Data View‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﰱ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻭﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑـﺎﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪، Gender‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪) . Country‬ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @îß@Ûa@Z@H25I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰱ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ )ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ( ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻵﺭﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺪ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Completely Agreed‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Agreed‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Neutral‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Disagreed‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Completely disagreed‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Male‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Female‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﻄـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺩ ) ﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺩ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Variable View‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Name‬ﰒ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ‪.opinion‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Values‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫⊗ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ : Value‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ )‪.(5‬‬
‫⊗ ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ : Value Label‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻰ ‪ ،Completely Agreed‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪] Add‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﻴﺾ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ[‪.‬‬
‫⊗ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻯ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،ok‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Decimals‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﳒﻌﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺗـﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Width‬ﻭﳒﻌـﻞ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﻗـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪) ،‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﻯ ﺧﻄﺄ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،Data View‬ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪: òßbç pbÄyýß‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ View‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ‪.Value Lable‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﲑﺍﹰ‪،‬ﺳﻨﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ، Gender‬ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ).‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻰ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪Country‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ(‪.‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪EXCEL‬‬ ‫‪wßbã‹i åß ÑÜß †ang : òÈia‹Ûa ñŠbè¾a‬‬
‫ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﰱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧـﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ ، EXCEL‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪. SPSS‬‬

‫‪Excel@wßbã‹i@åß@ÑÜß@†ang@Z@H26I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪: paì©a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ، Excel‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ‪ DeskTop‬ﺑﺈﺳﻢ ‪ Osama Rabie‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ ...‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ؟‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫‪ Excel‬ﺍﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻐﻠﻘـﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻢ ﻧﺘﺒ ﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪. SPSS‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ File‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ ، open‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Data‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ -‬ﻭﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ – ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ File name‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪. Osama Rabie‬‬ ‫ƒ‬
‫ƒ ﰒ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Files of type‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ )‪ Excel (*.xls‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، open‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ ﺣـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، ok‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﰎ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ، SPSS‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:xë†ß@Þë‡u@pbãbîi@Þb‚†g : òßb©a ñŠbè¾a‬‬

‫ﳓﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﱃ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﰱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﱏ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪ .......‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬

‫‪@xë†ß@Þë‡u@pbãbîi@Þb‚†g@Z@H27I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪ :Þbrß‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺀ‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﻤﺰدوج ‪ -‬ﻓﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ -‬ﻓﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﻋﻤﺪة‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻮد اﻷول ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤ ﻮد اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗـﻢ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (2‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠـﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (4‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻣﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫إﻣﺎ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻮد اﻟﺜﺎﻟ ﺚ ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (1‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (2‬ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﻤﺰدوج ﻓﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪òäîÇ åß ‹r×þ pbãbîi Þb‚†g : ò†bÛa ñŠbè¾a‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪@pbäîÈÛa@åß@HKI@†‡ÈÛ@pbãbîi@Þb‚†g@Z@H28I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﺔ )‪(2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨﺔ )‪(1‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪ : lìÜ¾a‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫‪ZòÜÔn¾a@pbäîÈÛa@òÛby@óÏ@Zü ëc‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓ ﻰ اﻟﻌﻤـ ـﻮد اﻷول‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫إﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻮد اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻛـﻮﺍﺩ ‪ Codes‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﻄـﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ – ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ – (1‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﻮﺩ ﺃﺧـﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪.(2‬‬

‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪:òÜÔn¾a@Ë@pbäîÈÛa@òÛby@óÏ@Z@bîãbq‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻋـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬آﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @sÛbrÛa@Ý—ÐÛa‬‬
‫‪@ @òîЖìÛa@paõb—ya‬‬
‫‪@ @óãbîjÛa@ÝîrànÛaë‬‬
‫‪@ @ZóЖìÛa@õb—ya@îíbÔß@Zü ëc‬‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Mean‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰉ‬
‫‪ : Sum‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ : Std. deviation‬ﺍﻹﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ : Variance‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ : Range‬ﺍﳌﺪﻯ = ﺍﻛﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ – ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : Minimum‬ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : Maximum‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : S.E. Mean‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ : Kurtosis‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻃﺢ‬
‫‪ : Skewness‬ﺍﻹﻟﺘﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ : Median‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ : Mode‬ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫‪81‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ : Quartiles‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪@ @óЖìÛa@õb—ya@îíbÔß@ë@paŠa‹ØnÛa@lby@Z@H29I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪ :Þbrß‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪ : Mean‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰉ‬
‫‪ : Median‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ : Mode‬ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫‪ : Std. deviation‬ﺍﻹﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫‪Descriptive‬‬ ‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ‪ Analyze‬ﻭﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴـﺔ ﻟــ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪ ،Statistics‬ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Frequencies...‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ ﰱ ﺍﻟـﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺇﻓـﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ، spss‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ – ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ -‬ﻛﻼ ﻣـﻦ ‪Mean , Median Mode,‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫‪ ، Std. deviation‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.ok‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪) Output‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰱ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ (spss‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪@ @Zpbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ( ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Þëþa@Þ‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ : Statistics‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣـﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻔﻰ ﺍﻟـﱴ ﰎ‬

‫ا§‪@ ë‡‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰉ ﺗـﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ ، (3.4167‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ )‪ ،(3.5000‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ ،(5‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫)‪.(1.44338‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ )‪ (N‬ﻭﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ )‪ (12‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻘـﻮﺩﺓ ‪Missing‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa@Þ뇧a‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ، Frequency‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱮ ‪ Percent‬ﻭﻫـﻮ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ .Valid Percent‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﱮ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫‪.Cumulative Percent‬‬

‫‪@ @pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@ÅÐy@Z@H30I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، File‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪. Save As‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ : Save As‬ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺳﻨﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ File Name‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﲰﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ]ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ‪.[osama 2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪Save‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪@ñ‰Ïbã@@@@¶a@Output@pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@åß@ÞbÔnãa@Z@H31I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫‪Data View@pbãbîjÛa‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻜﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫‪:ïãbîjÛa@ÝîrànÛa@Z@bîãbq‬‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ ‪. Histogram‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ ‪. Line‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ‪. Pie‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪. Stem & Leaf‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪.Bar‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪.Scatter‬‬

‫‪@ @Histogram@ôŠa‹ØnÛa@xŠ‡¾a@áŠ@Z@H32I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ، (29‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Graphs‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Histogram‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻣـﻦ ﺧـﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪. ok‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟـﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن‪ :‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻰ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪Line@óãbîjÛa@Á©a@áŠ@Z@H33I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ، (29‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Graphs‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Line‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ :‬ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ، Define‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪. ok‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ ، Output‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪Pie@ñ‹öa‡Ûa@áŠ@ZH34I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ، (29‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬

‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪، Graphs‬ﰒ ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Pie‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ‪ :‬ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ، Define‬ﺳـﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪. ok‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪Stem & Leaf@ ÖŠìÛaë@ÖbÛa@Z@H35I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ ، (29‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪Descriptive Statistics‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Explore‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ var00001‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪. Dependent list‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Display‬ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪. Plots‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Boxplots‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ، None‬ﻭﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Descriptive‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿـﻰ ﻟﻠــﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫـﻮ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪.Stem – and – Leaf‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪.Ok‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(9‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@Bars@@ñ‡àÇþa@áŠ@Z@H36I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪. Simple‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺻﻘﺔ ‪. Clustered‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﺃﺓ ‪. Stacked‬‬

‫‪ : Þ‬ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻧـﺎﺙ ﻭﺍﻟـﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰱ ﺇﺣـﺪﻯ‬
‫‪@ brß‬‬
‫ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻯ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2000‬ﺍﱃ ‪ ، 2003‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪2003‬‬ ‫‪2002‬‬ ‫‪2001‬‬ ‫‪2000‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬

‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺻﻘﺔ ‪. Clustered‬‬
‫‪:paì©a‬‬
‫إدﺧ ﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ ﺎت‪ :‬ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻤـﺎ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫] ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪:[(27‬‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻰ‬

‫‪98‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ : òÃìzÜß‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ )‪ (F‬ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ )‪ (M‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Graphs‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪. Bar‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺻﻘﺔ ‪ ، Clustered‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ، Define‬ﺳـﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ، Bars Represent‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ، Other summary function‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺻـﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ Values‬ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪. Variable‬‬
‫ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Category Axis‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪.Columns‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، Define Clusters by‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪.Rows‬‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ .ok‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪، Output‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪ZòÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺔ ﰱ ﻛـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﺎﺙ ﰒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (5‬ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ : Category Axis‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪. Rows‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ : Define Clusters by‬ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪.Rows‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪: òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃـﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺰﺃﺓ ‪Stacked‬‬
‫)ﻭﺳﻨﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @Scatter@ Šb“nãüa@ÝØ’@Z@H37I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪ :óàÓŠ@Þbrß‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ‬

‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪.Scatter‬‬

‫‪: paì©a‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Graphs‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ،Scatter‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )‪ (4‬ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳـﻮﻑ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪ Simple‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Define‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Y Axis‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ ، Consumpt‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ، X Axis‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪ ، Income‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ‪.ok‬‬

‫ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ‪ Scatter‬ﰱ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪104‬‬


105






@ @Éia‹Ûa@Ý—ÐÛa
@ @óàÜȾa@Šbjn‚a@Âë‹’
‫ ﻧﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻭﺽ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‬
:SPSS ‫ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬

One – Sample T Test ‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬

******

o Mann-Whitney U Independent – ‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ‬

o Kolmogorov – Smirnov Z Samples T Test ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬
o Moses extreme
reaction
o Wald – Wolfowitz runs

o Wilcoxon Paired – Samples T ‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ‬

o Sign Test ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬
o McNemar

109
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @ÕibÛa@Þ뇧a@Éibm‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫‪o Kruskal-Wallis H‬‬ ‫‪One – Way ANOVA‬‬ ‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪o Median‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ‬
‫‪o Jonckheere-Terpstra‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬

‫‪o Friedman‬‬ ‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪o Kendall's W‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ‬
‫****‬
‫‪o Cochran's‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬

‫‪@ @Zòßbç@òÃìzÜß‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ]ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ [ SPSS‬ﻫﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰱ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﱃ‪.‬‬

‫’‹‪@ @ZóàÜȾa@Šbjn‚a@Âë‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗـﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﺔ ‪ Metric Data‬ﺃﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫@‪@ @ZÂë‹“Ûa@ê‰ç@Þìy@pbÄyý¾a@Èi@â‡Ôã@æc@bäÛë‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ‪ ...‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﱴ ﻗـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﳘﺎ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ – ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫـﺎ ﰱ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻩ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺇﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺘﲔ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.ANOVA‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻠﻴﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻩ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ANOVA‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ )ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ 30‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ(‬ ‫‪(5‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺇﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﱃ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻘـﺮﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻋـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ ‪. Central Limit Theorem‬‬

‫‪@ @ZŠbjn‚g@ÝØi@ò–b©a@Âë‹“Ûaë@òîàÜȾa@paŠbjn‚a@Êaìãc@˜ƒÜí@¶bnÛa@ÝØ“Ûaë‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪One – Sample T Test‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Independent – Samples T Test‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Paired – Samples T Test‬‬

‫ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪One – Way ANOVA‬‬

‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫א א‬ ‫א‬ ‫‪:ò@ ßbÇ@òЗië‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫א‬

‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﰱ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪. SPSS‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫)‬
‫(‪:‬‬

‫‪@ @Z@òîÛa‡nÇa@‹’@ZÞëþa@‹“Ûa‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ " ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒـﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗـﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ"‪.‬‬

‫א א‬ ‫א‬ ‫‪SPSS‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﳎﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ ‪.Kolmogorov - Smirnov‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺑﲑﻭ– ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻚ ‪. Shapiro – Wilk‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪@ @pbãbîjÜÛ@¶bànya@ÉíŒìnÛa@òîÛa‡nÇg@Šbjn‚g@ZH38I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪: óàÓ‹Ûa@Þbr¾a‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ )‪ (15‬ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻼﺏ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫‪: Šbjn‚g lìÜ¾aë‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ؟‪ ) .‬ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟( ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ ﻋﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪.% 5‬‬

‫¶‪) :‬‬
‫’‪@ bànya@ÉíŒìnÛa@òîÛa‡nÇg@Šbjn‚g@òÛby@óÏ@òîöb—ya@™ë‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬‬
‫(‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫)‪ : (H0‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫)‪ : (H1‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‪ :pbãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g@òÔí‹ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪Descriptive Statistics‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، Explore‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ var00001‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،Dependent List‬ﰒ ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Plots..‬ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Normality Plots with tests‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣـﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،OK‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪:pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪Case Processing Summary‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪Descriptives‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﱃ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺛﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪Tests of Normality‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﲰﻨﺮﻭﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺷﺎﺑﲑﻭ – ﻭﻳﻠﻴﻚ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ‪....‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫وﻳﻼﺣ ﻆ هﻨ ﺎ أﻧ ﻪ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪.Tests of Normality‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë@wöbnäÛa@Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﻔـﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﳎﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺇﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤـﺎﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﱃ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻮﳎﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﺮﻧﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪Sig. (P. value‬‬

‫‪0.200‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪0.156‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛa@òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﳎﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳـﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ ‪P.value‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ %20‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،%5‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋـﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @ZòÃìzÜß‬‬

‫‪@ @ZP. Value@@âa‡ƒnhi@ó߇ÈÛa@‹ÐÛa@ÏŠ@ëc@ÞìjÔÛ@òßbÈÛa@ñ‡ÇbÔÛa‬‬

‫‪118‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ Sig.‬أو ‪ P.Value‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ( ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ) ‪ ( α‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﳛـﺪﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﻭﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @ZãbvnÛa@‹’@ZóãbrÛa@‹“Ûa‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺃﻥ " ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﳓﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌـﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠـﺎﻧﺲ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪. Levene's Test‬‬

‫‪Levene's Test@âa‡ƒnhi@ãbvnÛa@Šbjn‚g@ZH39I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪: óàÓ‹Ûa Þbr¾a‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ( ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺼﺎﺀ‬
‫ﰱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻡ ﻻ ؟‪ ..‬ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺧﺮ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺣـﺼﺎﺀ ﰱ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻡ ﻻ؟ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪.%5‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪ANOVA‬‬ ‫’‪å@ íbjnÛa@ÝîÜ¥@òÛby@óÏ ãbvnÛa Šbjn‚ òîöb—ya ™ë‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫(‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫)‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘـﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ )ﻳﻮﺟـﺪ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﲡﺎﻧﺲ(‪.‬‬

‫)‪ : (H1‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ) ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ) ﻷﻥ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ Levene's Test‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﻩ ﺇﻻ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪ ، Compare Means‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، One – way ANOVA‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ samples‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ، Dependent List‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ Codes‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.Factor‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Options‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻗـﻢ ﺑﺘﻨـﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ‪ ، Homogeneity of variance test‬ﰒ ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ : Þëþa Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.Test of Homogeneity of Variance‬‬
‫‪ : óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.ANOVA‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪Levene's Test‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫اﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ )‪(2‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪Sig. (P. value‬‬
‫‪df2‬‬ ‫‪df1‬‬ ‫‪Levene Statistic‬‬

‫‪0.83‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0.176‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛa òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪) 0.83‬ﺃﻯ ‪ (%83‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺣـﺼﺎﺀ ﰱ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ )ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @ßb©a@Ý—ÐÛa‬‬
‫‪@ @òîàÜȾa@paŠbjn‚a‬‬
‫‪Parametric Tests‬‬
‫‪@ @ZòîÛbnÛa@òîàÜȾa@paŠbjn‚a@Þëbänã@Òì@Ý—ÐÛa@a‰ç@óÏ‬‬

‫‪ :Þëüa@Šbjn‚a‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa@Šbjn‚a‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :sÛbrÛa@Šbjn‚a‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Éia‹Ûa@Šbjn‚a‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﻙ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ) ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ( )ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫‪.(ANOVA‬‬

‫‪ñ‡yaë@òäîÇ@òÛby@óÏ@HpI@Šbjn‚g@ZH40I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪: óàÓ‹Ûa Þbr¾a‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ )‪ (15‬ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻃـﻼﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻰ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠـﺎﺭﺓ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫)‪ (16‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪%5‬؟‬

‫’‪) : ñ@ ‡yaë@òäîÈÛ@HpI@Šbjn‚g@òÛby@óÏ@òîöb—ya@™ë‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ(‬

‫)‪ : (H0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ) ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻰ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴـﺔ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ( ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ 16‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ : (H1‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ) ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻰ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴـﺔ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ 16‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‪H 0 : µ = 16‬‬
‫‪H 1 : µ ≠ 16‬‬
‫‪:pbãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g@òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪ Compare Means‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، One-Sample T Test‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ var00001‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ )‪ ،Test Variable(s‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧـﺔ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪ Test Value‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. 16‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪: pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﳐﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ )‪ (3‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ZÞëüa@Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Statistics‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (N‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ‪ Missing‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺻﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ‪ Sum‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ، 168‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa@Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪:One – Sample Statistics‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪11.2 = (Mean‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ )‪4.178 = (Std. Deviation‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ )‪1.0788 = (Std. Error Mean‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪ Z@sÛbrÛa@Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪:One-Sample Test‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (t‬ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ = ‪4.449 -‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (t‬ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ = ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ‪ Ö‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫= ‪4.449 - = 1.0788 Ö 4.8 -‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ) ‪ = ( df‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ – ‪1‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫= ‪14 = 1 – 15‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ‪0.001 = ( P.value ) Sig‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ )‪ = (Mean Difference‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫـﺎ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫= ‪4.8 - = 16 – 11.2‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ إﺧﺘﺒﺎر )ت( ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪ (t‬ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪(Sig) P.value‬‬ ‫‪Mean Difference‬‬ ‫‪df‬‬
‫‪0.001‬‬ ‫‪4.8 -‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪4.449 -‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛa‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪) 0.001‬ﺃﻯ ‪ (%0.1‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﻭﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻰ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪. 16‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ :@æ‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ )‪ ، (16‬ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ﻳﻌـﲎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪@ c@bäç@Åyýíë‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ : êb¤a@‡í‡znÛë‬ﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ) ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ( ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﳓﻦ ﺑﺼﺪﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ ، (11.2‬ﰱ ﺣـﲔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ ، (16‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺣـﺼﺎﺀ‬
‫)‪،(2÷ P.value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻰ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪.(16‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪.(0.0005 = 2÷ 0.001‬‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬

‫‪@ @Zòßbç@òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ – ﰱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ – SPSS‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴـﺚ ﰱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺪﺩ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﳌﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @µnÜÔnß@µnäîÇ@òÛby@óÏ@HpI@Šbjn‚g@ZH41I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪ : óàÓ‹Ûa Þbr¾a‬ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬

‫‪ : l‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪@ ìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ % 5‬؟‪.‬‬

‫’‪) : µnÜÔnß@µnäîÈÛ@HpI@Šbjn‚g òÛby óÏ òîöb—ya ™ë‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ(‬
‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴـﺔ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴـﺔ ﻻﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫أى أن‪:‬‬
‫‪H :µ = µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪H :µ ≠ µ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫‪134‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳـﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ )ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ ﰒ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ Codes‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ – ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪– (1‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻮﺩ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪.(2‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﰒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪ Compare Means‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، Independent – Samples T Test‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ samples‬ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ )‪ ،Test Variable(s‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ codes‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ‪ . Grouping Variable‬ﰒ ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ، Define Groups‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ]‪ [ Groups 1‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ)‪ ، (1‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫]‪ [Groups 2‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ )‪ .(2‬ﰒ ﺇﺿـﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ‪ Output‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻟﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :@Þëüa@Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Group Statistics‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳـﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa@Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Independent Samples Test‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺋﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ Levene's Test‬ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘـﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺘﲔ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ ‪t-test for‬‬
‫‪:Equality of Means‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ( ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ‪ :‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )ﺕ( ﺍﶈـﺴﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ ‪.assumed Equal variances‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋـﺪﻡ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﲡـﺎﻧﺲ ‪Equal variances not‬‬
‫‪.assumed‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ Levene's Test‬ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ) ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ Sig.‬ﰱ ﺇﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬ ‫)‪(P. value‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ Levene's Test‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪) 0.244‬ﺍﻯ ‪ (%24.4‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪،% 5‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ(‬
‫ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @@ZòÃìzÜß‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ Levene's Test‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ : (H0‬ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲡﺎﻧﺲ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ : (H1‬ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻻ ﻳـﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻧﺲ(‪.‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ إﺧﺘﺒﺎر )ت( ﻓﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪(t‬‬

‫‪(Sig) P.value‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬ ‫‪df‬‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬

‫‪0.187‬‬ ‫‪11.60‬‬ ‫‪9.10‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪1.371 -‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ %18.7‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺎﻝ ﰱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ Zæþa@Þ@ aûÛa‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌـﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ )‪ (15‬ﰱ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ )‪ (10‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳـﻄﲔ‬
‫ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ ‪ .‬ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ )‪.(2÷ P.value‬‬

‫‪@ @µnÜÔnß@Ë@µnäîÇ@òÛby@óÏ@HpI@Šbjn‚g@ZH42I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪@ @ZµnÜÔnß@Ë@µnäîÇ@óäÈß@‹“Û@òîzîšìm@òÜrßa‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰱ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ )ﻭﻟـﻴﻜﻦ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﻃﻼﺏ(‪ ،‬ﰱ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻣـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﻫـﺆﻻ ﰱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣـﺪﻯ ﺗـﺄﺛﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )ﻗﺒﻞ‪ /‬ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺍﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﳍﺆﻻ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨـﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪: óàÓ‹Ûa Þbr¾a‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪160‬‬
‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪280‬‬
‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪450‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪140‬‬
‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪165‬‬
‫‪220‬‬ ‫‪400‬‬
‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬
‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬

‫‪ lìÜ¾a‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪%5‬؟‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫’‪:µnÜÔnß@Ë@µnäîÈÛ@HpI@Šbjn‚g@òÛby@óÏ@òîöb—ya@™ë‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ(‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻻﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫أى أن‪:‬‬
‫‪H :µ = µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪H :µ ≠ µ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪@ZpbãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g@òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‚‪ZŠbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Statistic‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴـﺔ ﻟــ ‪ Compare Means‬ﺍﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، Paired – Samples‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ ، before‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧـﺮﻯ ﻓـﻮﻕ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪ ، after‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ – ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻃﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ‪ Variable 1‬ﰒ ‪ ، Variable 2‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰱ ‪Current‬‬
‫‪Selections‬‬

‫ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ، Paired Variables‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺳـﻨﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë@wöbnäÛa@Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ إﺧﺘﺒﺎر )ت( ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪Means‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )‪(t‬‬

‫‪(Sig) P.value‬‬ ‫‪df‬‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫‪0.004‬‬ ‫‪172.500‬‬ ‫‪268.125‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪4.168‬‬

‫‪@ @Z@ÕîÜÈnÛa@òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪) 0.004‬أى ‪ (%0.4‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﻭﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌـﲎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺗﻨـﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ )@ò@ ÓýÈÛa@êb¤g@‡í‡znÛë‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ (‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑـﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﱃ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻗﻞ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘـﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻜﺮ ﰱ ﺍﻟـﺪﻡ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪. (0.002‬‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫)‪(2÷ P.value‬‬

‫‪@ANOVA@‡yaë@êb¤g@óÏ@åíbjnÛa@ÝîÜ¥@Z@H43I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ )‪ (k‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ )ﺣﻴﺚ ‪ k‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @Z@‡yaë@êb¤g@óÏ@åíbjnÛa@ÝîÜ¥@bèîÏ@⇃ní@ónÛa@pübzÜÛ@òÜrßc‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ ﰱ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ )ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ( ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ؟‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰱ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ؟ ‪.‬‬

‫‪: óàÓ‹Ûa@Þbr¾a‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﱃ ﰱ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ – ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ – ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫‪15.00‬‬ ‫‪14.00‬‬ ‫‪6.00‬‬

‫‪17.00‬‬ ‫‪15.00‬‬ ‫‪12.00‬‬

‫‪15.00‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪4.00‬‬

‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪12.00‬‬ ‫‪7.00‬‬

‫‪14.00‬‬ ‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪5.00‬‬

‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪6.00‬‬

‫‪13.00‬‬ ‫‪13.00‬‬ ‫‪4.00‬‬

‫‪14.00‬‬ ‫‪18.00‬‬ ‫‪16.00‬‬

‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪7.00‬‬

‫‪15.00‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬

‫‪2.00‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬

‫‪@ @ZlìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ؟ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺔ ‪.%95‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫’‪) : ‡@ yaë@êb¤g@óÏ@åíbjnÛa@ÝîÜ¥@òÛby@óÏ@òîöb—ya@™ë‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ(‪:‬‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ ) ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ) ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﺟـﺪ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﲔ(‪.‬‬

‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫‪H :µ = µ = µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪H1:‬‬

‫‪ :p‬ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫‪@ bãbîjÛa@Þb‚†g@òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪147‬‬


:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‚

148
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪ Compare Means‬ﺇﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، One – way ANOVA‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ samples‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ، Dependent List‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘـﻞ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ Codes‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.Factor‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ANOVA‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ )ﻑ(‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪0.036‬‬ ‫‪3.816‬‬ ‫‪65.113‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪130.226‬‬ ‫ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪17.065‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪426.631‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪556.857‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﲨﺎﱃ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ) 0.036‬ﺃﻯ ‪ (%3.6‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،% 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻧﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫@‪@ @ZÒýn‚a@Š‡—ß@‡í‡¥‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ؟‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ؟‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ؟‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﺇﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ]ﻭﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻌـﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳـﺔ‬
‫)‪ [(Post Hoc‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪@òí‡ÈjÛa@paŠ@ bjn‚@ aë@–@‡yaë@êb¤a@óÏ@åíbjnÛa@ÝîÜ¥@Z@H44I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪@ @@HPost HocI‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﰱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﺆ ﺍﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﰱ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ‬
‫‪.ANOVA‬‬

‫‚‪@ @@ZŠbjn‚a@a‰ç@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (2) ، (1‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﰱ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (3‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﺈﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ – ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪) LSD‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪ZµÛë‡u@åß@æìØnm@Zpbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ANOVA‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ Multiple Comparisons‬ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪:(ñ†‡Èn¾a@pbãŠbÔ¾a@Þë‡u)@ÕîÜÈnÛaë@wöbnäÛa@Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (2‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ‬ ‫)‪ (1‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪Sig.‬‬ ‫‪Sig.‬‬ ‫‪Sig.‬‬
‫)‪(P.Value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫)‪(P.Value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫)‪(P.Value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬

‫)‪(1‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪0.024‬‬ ‫‪4.805 -‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪0.860‬‬ ‫‪0.3409‬‬ ‫‪0.024‬‬ ‫‪4.464 -‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫‪@ @ZwöbnäÛa@óÜÇ@ÕîÜÈnÛa‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗـﺎﺯﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﰱ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ) 0.024‬أى ‪ (%2.4‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ .%5‬ﰱ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ (%86) 0.860‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪.%5‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @‘†bÛa@Ý—ÐÛa‬‬
‫‪òîàÜÈßýÛa@paŠbjn‚üa‬‬
‫‪Non – Parametric Tests‬‬
‫‪:òîÛbnÛa@òîàÜÈßýÛa@paŠbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‚@áÜÈnã@Òì@Ý—ÐÛa@a‰ç@óÏ‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺘﲎ ‪. Mann – Whitney‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ ‪.Wilcoxon Test‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ ‪.Kruskal-Wallis‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ ‪.Friedman‬‬

‫‪Mann‬‬ ‫‪– Whitney@ óäníë@–@æbß@Šbjn‚g@ZH45I@áÓŠ@k튇m‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﻳﺘﲎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪:óàÓŠ@Þbrß‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﰱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋـﲔ ﴰـﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ‪:‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪:‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬

‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﻳﺘﲎ‪ :‬ﺇﺧﺘﱪ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ ﻭﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪% 5‬؟ ‪.‬‬

‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:pbÄyýß‬‬
‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﳓﻦ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟـﺬﺍ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻛﻮﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪ (2‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫’‪ZŠbjn‚a@a‰ç@óÏ@Ýí‡jÛaë@ó߇ÈÛa ‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ ﻻﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪.‬‬

‫أى أن‪:‬‬

‫‪H :µ = µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪H :µ ≠ µ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪، Nonparametric tests‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪، 2 Independent Samples‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(6‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ samples‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،Test Variable List‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘـﻞ‬ ‫‪(7‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻻﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ codes‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪. Grouping Variable‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Define Groups‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(8‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ]‪ [Groups 1‬ﺍﻛﺘـﺐ ﺍﻟﻜـﻮﺩ ﺍﳋـﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ )‪ ،(2‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧـﺔ‬ ‫‪(9‬‬
‫]‪ [Groups 2‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ )‪ ،(3‬ﰒ ﺍﺿـﻐﻂ ‪Continue‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (10‬ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪:pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﳐﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Þëüa Þ뇧a‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Ranks‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Test Statistics‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﺗﻴﲎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫)‪Sig. ( P.Value‬‬ ‫)‪(Z‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫‪0.648‬‬ ‫‪0.457 -‬‬ ‫‪9.90‬‬ ‫‪11.10‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ) 0.648‬ﺃﻯ ‪ (%64.8‬ﻭﻫـﻰ‬

‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪163‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳـﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪:@æþa@ÞaûÛa‬‬

‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫)‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫(‪:‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺗـﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ( ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌـﲎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﰱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻋﲔ ﴰﺲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺳـﺒﺔ ﰱ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺳﻴﻮﻁ )ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ = ‪ ، (2 ÷ P.Value‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @@Wilcoxon Test@æì×ìØÛë@Šbjn‚g@ZH46I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )ﺕ( ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻠﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﰱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :óàÓŠ Þbrß‬ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪164‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‬

‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪85‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪96‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫‪95‬‬

‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪90‬‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪88‬‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪103‬‬
‫‪86‬‬ ‫‪98‬‬

‫‪ :lìÜ¾a‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ‬
‫‪، Wilcoxon‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ %5‬؟‪.‬‬

‫’‪:Šbjn‚a a‰ Ýí‡jÛa ‹ÐÛaë ó߇ÈÛa ‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟـﻮﺯﻥ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻻﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫أى أن‪:‬‬

‫‪H :µ = µ‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪H :µ ≠ µ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻨـﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤـﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫‪166‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟـ‪ ، Nonparametric tests‬ﺇﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ، 2 Related Samples‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ before‬ﰒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪] after‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ[‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌــﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟـــﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ، Test Pair(s) List‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻴﻌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪(3‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ، Wilcoxon‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪:pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫‪ :Þëþa Þ뇧a‬ﺟﺪول اﻟﺮﺗﺐ ‪Ranks‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪@ @ZÞ뇧a@a‰ç@óÜÇ@òßbç@pbÄyýß‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ = ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ – ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ – ﺃﻳﻀﺎ – ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ )‪ (4.93‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫)‪ .(1.5‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺪ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪) .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﰱ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺇﺳـﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺘﲔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﺟﺪول إﺣﺼﺎءات اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪Test Statistics‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺗﺐ‬

‫)‪Sig. ( P.Value‬‬ ‫)‪(Z‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪(-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ )‪(+‬‬
‫‪0.021‬‬ ‫‪2.313 -‬‬ ‫‪4.93‬‬ ‫‪1.50‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ (%2.1) 0.021‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ . % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟـﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @ZòÓýÈÛa@êb¤g@‡í‡znÛë‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺗﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺗـﺐ ﺍﻹﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ = ‪. 0.0105 =2 ÷ P.Value‬‬

‫‪@ @Kruskal-Wallis@Ûaë@–@ÞbØë‹×@Šbjn‚g@ZH47I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﰱ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ‬
‫‪ ،ANOVA‬ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪:óàÓŠ Þbrß‬‬

‫‪169‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﰱ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﻫـﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ – ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺲ – ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻯ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬

‫‪5.00‬‬ ‫‪4.00‬‬ ‫‪13.00‬‬

‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪7.00‬‬ ‫‪14.00‬‬

‫‪15.00‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪14.00‬‬

‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪12.00‬‬ ‫‪15.00‬‬

‫‪14.00‬‬ ‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪15.00‬‬

‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪17.00‬‬

‫‪6.00‬‬ ‫‪13.00‬‬ ‫‪4.00‬‬

‫‪12.00‬‬ ‫‪18.00‬‬ ‫‪16.00‬‬

‫‪ :l‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

‫‪@ ìÜ¾a‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ % 5‬؟‬

‫’‪:Šbjn‚a a‰ Ýí‡jÛa ‹ÐÛaë ó߇ÈÛa ‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g òÔí‹ ‬‬

‫‪@ @ZpbÄyýß‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﰱ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣـﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟـﺬﺍ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﻗـﻴﻢ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ )‪ (2‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬ ‫⊗‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (3‬ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪، Nonparametric tests‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، k independent Samples..‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ samples‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،Test Variable List‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘـﻞ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻻﻛﻮﺍﺩ ‪ codes‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ‪. Grouping Variable‬‬
‫)ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Define Groups‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Minimum‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻛﻮﺩ )‪ ، (1‬ﻭﰱ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Maximum‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻛـﻮﺩ‬

‫)‪ ،(3‬ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﰱ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ : Þëüa Þ뇧a‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Ranks‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﺟﺪول إﺣﺼﺎءات اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪Test Statistics‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﻭﺳﻜﺎﻝ – ﻭﺍﻟﺲ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ‬

‫‪Sig.‬‬
‫‪χ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫)‪( P.Value‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫‪0.095‬‬ ‫‪4.706‬‬ ‫‪9.88‬‬ ‫‪10.75‬‬ ‫‪16.88‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ (%9.5 ) 0.095‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ . % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :b@äç Þ@ aûÛa‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ ﰱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪: òibua‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ – ﰱ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺈﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﰱ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻺﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ‪، Post Hoc‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺈﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﻳـﺘﲎ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﳒﺮﻯ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﻳﺘﲎ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ ،(2‬ﰒ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ ،(3‬ﰒ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (2‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ .(3‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪) .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻥ – ﻭﻳﺘﻨﲕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪@Ë@pbäîÈÛa@åß@HkIÛ@L@Friedman@æb߇í‹Ï@Šbjn‚g@ZH48I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬
‫‪@ @òÜÔn¾a‬‬

‫‪:óàÓŠ Þbrß‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬واﻟﻤﻄﻠ ﻮب‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳـﺔ ﻣـﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ %5‬؟‬

‫’‪Šbjn‚a a‰ Ýí‡jÛa ‹ÐÛaë ó߇ÈÛa ‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫)‪ :(H0‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‪175‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫)‪ :(H1‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﰱ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ )ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪، Nonparametric tests‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، k Related Samples..‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ).Test Variable‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :Þëüa Þ뇧a‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Ranks‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﺟﺪول إﺣﺼﺎءات اﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎر ‪Test Statistics‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺐ‬
‫‪Sig.‬‬
‫‪χ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(P.Value‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫‪0.197‬‬ ‫‪3.250‬‬ ‫‪1.63‬‬ ‫‪1.88‬‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ (%19.7 ) 0.197‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛـﱪ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ . % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺳـﻂ ﺩﺭﺟـﺎﺕ ﻣـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﰱ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛـﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪òÃìzÜß‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﰱ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺏ ﰱ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛـﺴﻮﻥ ﻟﻜـﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳒﺮﻯ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨـﺔ )‪ ،(2‬ﰒ‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (1‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ ،(3‬ﰒ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ (2‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ )‪ .(3‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﳓـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺩ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ – ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﱃ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻨـﺎ ﺑـﺼﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪@ @ÉibÛa@Ý—ÐÛa‬‬
‫‪ô‹‚c@òîàÜÈßü@paŠbjn‚a‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א א‬ ‫א‬ ‫אא‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎ‪ 2‬ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺗﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ ﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪. Runs Test‬‬

‫‪@ @µm‹çbÃ@µi@ÞýÔna@òaŠ‡Û@2b×@Šbjn‚g@Z@H‬‬ ‫‪49I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪:óàÓ‹Ûa@Þbr¾a‬‬

‫ﺑﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﰱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻧﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪:‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﺧﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺧﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺜﻰ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬

‫‪:lìÜ¾a‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎ‪ ،2‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪. %5‬‬

‫‪:pbãbîjÛa Þb‚†g‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿـﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫’‪ ) :Šbjn‚a@a‰@òîöb—ya@™ë‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ(‪:‬‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫)‪ : (H0‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫)‪ : (H1‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬

‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،Descriptive Statistics‬ﺇﺧﺘـﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫‪ ، Crosstabs...‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ gender‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ )‪ ، Row(s‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﻘـﻞ ﺍﳌـﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫‪ smoking‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ )‪. Column(s‬ﻭﰱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊـﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪. Statistics ..‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ، Chi – square‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌـﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ‬ ‫‪(4‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ … ‪ Cells‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(5‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻـﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Counts‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Expected‬ﻭﺃﺗـﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪(6‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Observed‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺸﻄﺎ(‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Continue‬ﻟﻠﻌـﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬

‫‪:Output pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Þëþa Þ뇧a‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Case Processing Summary‬‬

‫‪ :óãbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Crosstabulation‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Count‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫‪ Expected Count‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪ :sÛbrÛa Þ뇧a‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪: Chi – Square Tests‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﱃ ﻗﻴﻤـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺎ‪ 2‬ﻹﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺗﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫)‪Sig.(P.value‬‬ ‫) ‪(χ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪0.765‬‬ ‫‪0.089‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫א‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ (%76.5) 0.765‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻣـﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @ÕîÏìnÛa@ñ†ì§@Òë‹äàî@–@Òë‹uìßìÜ×@Šbjn‚g@Z@H50I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﱃ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺳﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻰ ‪ ...............‬ﺍﱁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ òßbÇ@òЗië‬ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SPSS‬ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫[‪.‬‬ ‫‪χ‬‬ ‫‪ :‬ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ آﺎ‪Test ] 2‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ ‪.Normal Distribution‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪.Uniform Distribution‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻰ ‪.Exponential Distribution‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ ‪.Poisson Distribution‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬

‫‪:óàÓŠ Þbrß‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤـﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗـﻪ ﺗﺘﺒـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣـﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪.%5‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫’‪:Šbjn‚a a‰ Ýí‡jÛa ‹ÐÛaë ó߇ÈÛa ‹ÐÛa ÝØ‬‬

‫)‪ : (H0‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬
‫)‪ : (H1‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a ‰îÐäm paì‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪Nonparametric Tests‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ، 1-Sample K-S‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ – ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳـﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌـﻰ‬
‫‪ ،Normal‬ﰱ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳـﻮﱏ ‪ ،Poisson‬ﻟـﺬﺍ ﺳـﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ‪) .‬ﻭﻧﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﲑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﱴ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ var0001‬ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Test Variable List‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،Ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪Output pbu‹ƒ¾a ñ‰Ïbã pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬

‫‪ÕîÜÈnÛaë wöbnäÛa Íí‹Ðm‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻮﻣﻮﺟﺮﻭﻑ – ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬

‫)‪Sig.(P.value‬‬ ‫)‪K- S (Z‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻮﻥ ) ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪0.445‬‬ ‫‪0.863‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪135.8333‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫א‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ، (%44.5) 0.445‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛـﱪ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺳﻮﱏ‪.‬‬

‫‪@ @Runs Test@paŠë‡Ûa@Šbjn‚g@Z@H51I@áÓŠ@k튇nÛa‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻟـﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰎ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬

‫‪:óàÓŠ Þbrß‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، %5‬ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻡ ﻻ؟‪.‬‬

‫’‪:Šbjn‚a@a‰@Ýí‡jÛa@‹ÐÛaë@ó߇ÈÛa@‹ÐÛa@ÝØ‬‬

‫)‪ : (H0‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫)‪ : (H1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫א‬ ‫א‬

‫‚‪:Šbjn‚a@‰îÐäm@paì‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ، Analyze‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟــ ‪Nonparametric Tests‬‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Runs‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪Z@òÃìzÜß‬‬

‫‪ Í‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ Runs Test‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﺗـﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪ Cut Point‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺇﺣـﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ‪Median‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﰉ ‪Mean‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ ‪Mode‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ‪Custom‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫‪ Í‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Í‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ‪-‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ – ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻰ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳍـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤـﺔ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳـﻴﻂ‬
‫‪ ) Median‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ ‪ var0001‬ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Test Variable List‬‬ ‫‪(2‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ، Ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(3‬‬

‫‪Output pbu‹ƒ¾a@ñ‰Ïbã@pbãìØß‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪:Runs Test‬‬

‫‪ÕîÜÈnÛaë@wöbnäÛa@Íí‹Ðm‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪Runs Test‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫

‬
‫

‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪Sig.(P.value‬‬ ‫)‪(Z‬‬ ‫‪Runs‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ(‬

‫‪0.703‬‬ ‫‪0.382 -‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫‪:ÕîÜÈnÛa@òÔí‹ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ P.Value‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ ) 0.703‬ﺃﻯ ‪ ،(%70.3‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ، % 5‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻣﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪199‬‬